product analysis & development- sourcing

1,049 views
955 views

Published on

Published in: Lifestyle, Business
0 Comments
2 Likes
Statistics
Notes
  • Be the first to comment

No Downloads
Views
Total views
1,049
On SlideShare
0
From Embeds
0
Number of Embeds
7
Actions
Shares
0
Downloads
0
Comments
0
Likes
2
Embeds 0
No embeds

No notes for slide
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated countdown timer on textured background(Difficult)Tip: Some shape effects on this slide are created with the Combine Shapes commands. To access this command, you must add it to the Quick Access Toolbar, located above the File tab. To customize the Quick Access Toolbar, do the following:Click the arrow next to the Quick Access Toolbar, and then under CustomizeQuickAccessToolbar click MoreCommands.In the PowerPointOptions dialog box, in the Choose commands from list, select All Commands. In the list of commands, click CombineShapes, and then click Add.To reproduce the donut shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut.On the slide, drag to draw a donut. Drag the yellow sizing handle so that the donut is roughly 0.25” in thickness.Select the donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Height box enter 5” and in the Width box enter 5”.Also under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Outline and then click No Outline.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Height box enter 5.5” and in the Width box enter 0.08”.Also under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Outline and then click No Outline.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process this process 7 times for a total of 9 thin rectangles.Select a duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 10. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 20. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 30. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 40. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 50. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 60. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 70. Select the last duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 80. Press and hold CTRL, and then select all of the small thin rectangles. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeUnion.Also on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the duplicate group of rectangles. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click Rotate Right 90°.On the Home tab, in the Edit group, click Select, and then click Select All.Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.Press and hold CTRL, select the donut shape, and then select the first group of rectangles. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeSubtract.Press and hold CTRL, select the donut shape, and then select the second group of rectangles. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeSubtract.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut.On the slide, drag to draw a donut. Drag a sizing handle so that the donut is roughly 0.5” in thickness.Select the second donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Height box enter 5.21” and in the Width box enter 5.21”.Also under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Outline, and then click No Outline.Press and hold CTRL, select the second donut, and then select the first, segmented donut. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeSubtract.Select the remaining donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:Click the button next to Preset colors and then click Silver.In the Type list, select Linear.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, in the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, click the button next to Top and then click Slope.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut.On the slide, drag to draw a donut. Drag a sizing handle so that the donut is roughly 0.25” in thickness.Select the new donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 194, Green: 10, and Blue: 6.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Height box enter 5.14” and in the Width box enter 5.14”.Select the new donut. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Send Backward.Press and hold CTRL, and then select the two donuts. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.Click Align Middle.With both donuts selected, drag the donuts so that the top edge is roughly 1” from the top edge of the slide.To reproduce the other shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing tab, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 90.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stop or Remove gradient stop until three stops appear in the slider, then customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 75%.Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 35%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.Select the last stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Size, and in the Height box enter 7.5, and in the Width box enter 2.83.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Send Backward.Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click AlignMiddle and Align Center.To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box.On the slide, drag to draw a text box.Type “3” in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, select Lucida Bright from the Font list, select White, Background 1 from the Font Color list, and then select 96 pt. from the FontSize list.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the second text box. Change the text to “2.”Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third text box. Change the text to “1.”Press and hold CTRL, and then select all three text boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.With all three text boxes selected, position the text boxes in the center of the two donuts.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane.On the slide, select the silver, segmented donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Grow & Turn.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.On the slide, select the gradient-fill rectangle. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More Entrance Effects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Expand.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.On the slide, select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select After Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.25.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “3” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Duration box enter 0.50.Select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Wheel.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “3” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 0.50.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the solid red donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.25.In the Delay box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “2” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 1.00.Select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Wheel.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “2” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 1.50.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “1” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 1.50.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the solid red donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.25.In the Delay box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “1” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click FadeAlso on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 2.00.Select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Wheel.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 2.00.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Picture or texture fill, and then do the following:Click the button next to Texture and select Brown Marble (fourth row, first option from the left).Clear the Tile picture as texture box.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, and in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter -42%.In the Contrast Box, enter -28%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Color in the left pane, and in the Picture Color pane, under Recolor, click the button next to Presets and then click Grayscale.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Artistic Effects in the left pane, and in the Artistic Effects pane, do the following:Click the button next to Artistic Effects and then click Blur.In the Radius box, enter 7.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and then under Size and rotate do the following:In the Height box, enter 7.5.In the Width box, enter 10.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the second, duplicate rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, in the Transparency box, enter 90%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, and in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter 12%.In the Contrast Box, enter 44%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Artistic Effects in the left pane, and in the Artistic Effects pane, do the following:Click the button next to Artistic Effects and then click Blur.In the Radius box, enter 9.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third, duplicate rectangle. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Reset Picture.Also under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, and then in the Fill pane, do the following:Click the button next to Texture and then click Granite.Select Tile picture as texture.In the Transparency box, enter 94%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter 2%.In the Contrast box, enter 70%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Artistic Effects in the left pane, and then in the Artistic Effects pane, do the following:Click the button next to Artistic Effect and then click Photocopy.In the Detail box, enter 9.On the slide, select the third rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the fourth, duplicate rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the FormatShape dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial. In the Direction list, select From Center.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stop or Remove gradient stop until two stops appear on the slider. Customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Select the last stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 50%.On the slide, select the fourth rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.Also on the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Select All.Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the slide, select the grouped rectangles. Also on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click Cut.Also on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow below Paste, and select Paste Special. In the Paste Special dialog box, select Paste, and then under As, select Picture (PNG).Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align and then click Align Middle and Align Center.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated countdown timer on textured background(Difficult)Tip: Some shape effects on this slide are created with the Combine Shapes commands. To access this command, you must add it to the Quick Access Toolbar, located above the File tab. To customize the Quick Access Toolbar, do the following:Click the arrow next to the Quick Access Toolbar, and then under CustomizeQuickAccessToolbar click MoreCommands.In the PowerPointOptions dialog box, in the Choose commands from list, select All Commands. In the list of commands, click CombineShapes, and then click Add.To reproduce the donut shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut.On the slide, drag to draw a donut. Drag the yellow sizing handle so that the donut is roughly 0.25” in thickness.Select the donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Height box enter 5” and in the Width box enter 5”.Also under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Outline and then click No Outline.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Height box enter 5.5” and in the Width box enter 0.08”.Also under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Outline and then click No Outline.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process this process 7 times for a total of 9 thin rectangles.Select a duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 10. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 20. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 30. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 40. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 50. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 60. Select another duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 70. Select the last duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box enter 80. Press and hold CTRL, and then select all of the small thin rectangles. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeUnion.Also on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the duplicate group of rectangles. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click Rotate Right 90°.On the Home tab, in the Edit group, click Select, and then click Select All.Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.Press and hold CTRL, select the donut shape, and then select the first group of rectangles. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeSubtract.Press and hold CTRL, select the donut shape, and then select the second group of rectangles. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeSubtract.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut.On the slide, drag to draw a donut. Drag a sizing handle so that the donut is roughly 0.5” in thickness.Select the second donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Height box enter 5.21” and in the Width box enter 5.21”.Also under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Outline, and then click No Outline.Press and hold CTRL, select the second donut, and then select the first, segmented donut. On the Quick Access Toolbar, click Combine Shapes, and then click ShapeSubtract.Select the remaining donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:Click the button next to Preset colors and then click Silver.In the Type list, select Linear.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, in the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, click the button next to Top and then click Slope.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut.On the slide, drag to draw a donut. Drag a sizing handle so that the donut is roughly 0.25” in thickness.Select the new donut. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 194, Green: 10, and Blue: 6.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Height box enter 5.14” and in the Width box enter 5.14”.Select the new donut. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Send Backward.Press and hold CTRL, and then select the two donuts. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.Click Align Middle.With both donuts selected, drag the donuts so that the top edge is roughly 1” from the top edge of the slide.To reproduce the other shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing tab, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 90.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stop or Remove gradient stop until three stops appear in the slider, then customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 75%.Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 35%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.Select the last stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Size, and in the Height box enter 7.5, and in the Width box enter 2.83.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Send Backward.Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click AlignMiddle and Align Center.To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box.On the slide, drag to draw a text box.Type “3” in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, select Lucida Bright from the Font list, select White, Background 1 from the Font Color list, and then select 96 pt. from the FontSize list.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the second text box. Change the text to “2.”Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third text box. Change the text to “1.”Press and hold CTRL, and then select all three text boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.With all three text boxes selected, position the text boxes in the center of the two donuts.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane.On the slide, select the silver, segmented donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Grow & Turn.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.On the slide, select the gradient-fill rectangle. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then click More Entrance Effects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Expand.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.On the slide, select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select After Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.25.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “3” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Duration box enter 0.50.Select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Wheel.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “3” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 0.50.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the solid red donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.25.In the Delay box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “2” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 1.00.Select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Wheel.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “2” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 1.50.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “1” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 1.50.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the solid red donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Entrance click Fade.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.25.In the Delay box, enter 1.00.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the “1” text box. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click FadeAlso on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 0.50.In the Delay box, enter 2.00.Select the red, solid donut. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and then under Exit click Wheel.Also on the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Duration box, enter 2.00.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Picture or texture fill, and then do the following:Click the button next to Texture and select Brown Marble (fourth row, first option from the left).Clear the Tile picture as texture box.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, and in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter -42%.In the Contrast Box, enter -28%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Color in the left pane, and in the Picture Color pane, under Recolor, click the button next to Presets and then click Grayscale.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Artistic Effects in the left pane, and in the Artistic Effects pane, do the following:Click the button next to Artistic Effects and then click Blur.In the Radius box, enter 7.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, and then under Size and rotate do the following:In the Height box, enter 7.5.In the Width box, enter 10.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the second, duplicate rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, in the Transparency box, enter 90%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, and in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter 12%.In the Contrast Box, enter 44%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Artistic Effects in the left pane, and in the Artistic Effects pane, do the following:Click the button next to Artistic Effects and then click Blur.In the Radius box, enter 9.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third, duplicate rectangle. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Reset Picture.Also under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, and then in the Fill pane, do the following:Click the button next to Texture and then click Granite.Select Tile picture as texture.In the Transparency box, enter 94%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter 2%.In the Contrast box, enter 70%.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Artistic Effects in the left pane, and then in the Artistic Effects pane, do the following:Click the button next to Artistic Effect and then click Photocopy.In the Detail box, enter 9.On the slide, select the third rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the fourth, duplicate rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the FormatShape dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial. In the Direction list, select From Center.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stop or Remove gradient stop until two stops appear on the slider. Customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Select the last stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 50%.On the slide, select the fourth rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then click Align Middle and Align Center.Also on the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Select All.Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the slide, select the grouped rectangles. Also on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click Cut.Also on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow below Paste, and select Paste Special. In the Paste Special dialog box, select Paste, and then under As, select Picture (PNG).Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align and then click Align Middle and Align Center.
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated, scrolling text over rainforest background(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box. (Note: You may want to add a bullet point at the end of your text, as in the example above. On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, in the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.)Select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Gill Sans MT.In the Font Size list, select 36.Click Bold.Click the arrow next to FontColor, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. (Note: If the text wraps to more than one line, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to widen it until the text fits on one line.)Drag the text box to the left of the lower left edge of the slide. (Note: To see beyond the edges of the slide, on the View tab, click Zoom, and then in the Zoom dialog box, in the Percent box, enter 40%.) To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, and then under Entrance click Fly In.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the Show Additional Effect Options dialog box launcher. In the Fly In dialog box, do the following:on the Effect tab, under Settings, in the Direction list, click From Right.On the Timing tab, In theStart list, selectWith Previous.In the Duration box, enter 16 seconds.In the Repeat list, select Until End of Slide.On the slide, select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the second text box. On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Delay box, estimate the number of seconds required for the first text string to scroll into the slide and enter that amount. The example above uses 8 seconds. Your text may require more or less time. Adjust the Delay setting as necessary to make the second text string immediately follow the first.On the slide, drag the second text box on top of the first text box. On the slide, select both text boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following: On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, and then select Picture or texture fill in the Fill pane. Under Insert from, click File. In the Insert Picture dialog box,select a picture, and then click Insert.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 7.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 1”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click ShapeOutline, and then click No Outline.Also on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Fill, click Gradient, and then click More Gradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Left.Click Align Middle.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the duplicate rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Fill, point to Gradient, and then click Linear Left (second row).With the duplicate rectangle still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Right.Click Align Middle.
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Animated, scrolling text over rainforest background(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box. (Note: You may want to add a bullet point at the end of your text, as in the example above. On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, in the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.)Select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Gill Sans MT.In the Font Size list, select 36.Click Bold.Click the arrow next to FontColor, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. (Note: If the text wraps to more than one line, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to widen it until the text fits on one line.)Drag the text box to the left of the lower left edge of the slide. (Note: To see beyond the edges of the slide, on the View tab, click Zoom, and then in the Zoom dialog box, in the Percent box, enter 40%.) To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, and then under Entrance click Fly In.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the Show Additional Effect Options dialog box launcher. In the Fly In dialog box, do the following:on the Effect tab, under Settings, in the Direction list, click From Right.On the Timing tab, In theStart list, selectWith Previous.In the Duration box, enter 16 seconds.In the Repeat list, select Until End of Slide.On the slide, select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the second text box. On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Delay box, estimate the number of seconds required for the first text string to scroll into the slide and enter that amount. The example above uses 8 seconds. Your text may require more or less time. Adjust the Delay setting as necessary to make the second text string immediately follow the first.On the slide, drag the second text box on top of the first text box. On the slide, select both text boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following: On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, and then select Picture or texture fill in the Fill pane. Under Insert from, click File. In the Insert Picture dialog box,select a picture, and then click Insert.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 7.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 1”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click ShapeOutline, and then click No Outline.Also on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Fill, click Gradient, and then click More Gradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Left.Click Align Middle.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the duplicate rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Fill, point to Gradient, and then click Linear Left (second row).With the duplicate rectangle still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Right.Click Align Middle.
  • Animated, scrolling text over rainforest background(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box. (Note: You may want to add a bullet point at the end of your text, as in the example above. On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, in the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.)Select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Gill Sans MT.In the Font Size list, select 36.Click Bold.Click the arrow next to FontColor, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. (Note: If the text wraps to more than one line, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to widen it until the text fits on one line.)Drag the text box to the left of the lower left edge of the slide. (Note: To see beyond the edges of the slide, on the View tab, click Zoom, and then in the Zoom dialog box, in the Percent box, enter 40%.) To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, and then under Entrance click Fly In.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the Show Additional Effect Options dialog box launcher. In the Fly In dialog box, do the following:on the Effect tab, under Settings, in the Direction list, click From Right.On the Timing tab, In theStart list, selectWith Previous.In the Duration box, enter 16 seconds.In the Repeat list, select Until End of Slide.On the slide, select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the second text box. On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Delay box, estimate the number of seconds required for the first text string to scroll into the slide and enter that amount. The example above uses 8 seconds. Your text may require more or less time. Adjust the Delay setting as necessary to make the second text string immediately follow the first.On the slide, drag the second text box on top of the first text box. On the slide, select both text boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle.Click Align Center.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following: On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, and then select Picture or texture fill in the Fill pane. Under Insert from, click File. In the Insert Picture dialog box,select a picture, and then click Insert.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 7.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 1”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click ShapeOutline, and then click No Outline.Also on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Fill, click Gradient, and then click More Gradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.On the slide, select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Left.Click Align Middle.Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow next to Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the duplicate rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click Shape Fill, point to Gradient, and then click Linear Left (second row).With the duplicate rectangle still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Right.Click Align Middle.
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Fly Through 3-D transition effect and pictures(Basic)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.33” and the widthis set to 8”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.UnderPicture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Rotated White.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Block Arrows, click Left-Right Arrow (first row).On the slide, drag to draw a left-right arrow.Select the left-right arrow. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 0.45” in the Height box and 3.65” in the Width box.Also on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, in the Fill pane, click Gradient fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, in the Line Color pane, click No line.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, in the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Center (second row).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, clickSize in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 354°.On the slide, select the shape. Begin typing to enter your text into the shape.Select the edge of the shape. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Corbel.In the Font Size list, select 20 pt.ClickFont Color, and then click Black, Text 1 (first row).Click Italic.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center.To reproduce the transition effects on this slide, do the following:On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide group, click More, and then click Fly Through.On the Transitions tab, in the Transition to This Slide, click Effect Options, and then click In with Bounce.Also on the Transitions tab, in the Timing group, do the following:Clear the On Mouse Click box.Select After, and then in the After box enter 2.00 seconds.To reproduce the second, third, and fourth slides, do the following:In the Slides pane, select the slide. On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click the arrow below New Slide, and then click Duplicate Selected Slides. Repeat this process until there are four slides.In the Slides pane, select the second slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 9°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 3°.In the Slides pane, select the third slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 5°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 359°.In the Slides pane, select the fourth slide. On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Also on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 8°.Select the shape. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane, in the Size pane, under Size and rotate, in the Rotation box, enter 2°.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Style 4.(Note: Selecting this background style will change the colors on the slide.)
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated dotted line with fade-in text(Basic)To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box that spans the entire width of the slide.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol. In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select General Punctuation.In the Character Code box, enter 2022 to select BULLET, and then click Insert.Click Insert 33 more times until there is a row of 34 bullets in the text box. In the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select ArialBlack.In the FontSize box select 44 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox.Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter and select the text.On the Home tab, in the Font group do the following:In the Font list select Corbel.In the FontSize box enter 50 pt.In the FontColor list, under ThemeColors select White, Background 1 (first row, the first option from the left).Click Bold.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group click Center.Select the second text box.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow below Arrange, under PositionObjects, point to Align, and then do the following:Select Align to Slide.Select AlignCenter.Select AlignMiddle.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, and customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Blue, Accent 1, Darker 25% (fifth row, fifth option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors select Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the first text box (containing the bullets) and do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fly In.In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left. In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click Animation Pane. In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the first animation effect (bullet entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Exit, click Fade. In the Animation group, click Effect Options. Under Direction, click From Left.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 00.10.Click the arrow to the right of the fade exit effect (second effect) and select EffectOptions. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Timing tab, and then under Enhancements do the following:In the Start list ,select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box, enter 01.50.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the second animation effect (bullet exit effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 10.On the slide, select the second text box (containing text), and do the following.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow to expand the effects gallery, and then under Entrance, click Fade.In the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Speed list, select 00.50.In the Delay box enter 02.00.In the Animation Pane, do the following:Click the arrow at the third animation effect (text entrance effect) and click Effect Options.In the Fade dialog box, on the Effect tab, click the arrow at the Animate text list and click By Letter.In the % delay between letters box enter 6.
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  • Animated text stretching up to enter(Basic)To reproduce the rectangle on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 3”. In the Shape Width box, enter 10”.With the rectangle still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, do the following:Click the arrow next to Shape Fill, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (fifth row, second option from the left).Click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then click No Outline.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Top.Click Align Center. To reproduce the text on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box. Enter text in the text box and select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Arial Black.In the Font Size box, enter 38.Click Bold. On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.Select the text box. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the WordArt Styles group, click the Format Text Effects dialog box launcher. In the Format Text Effects dialog box,click Text Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill the Text Fill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left). in the drop-down list.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until threestops appear on the slider, then customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 255,Green: 214, Blue: 63.Select Stop 2 on the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 75%.Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 255, Green: 192, Blue: 0.Select Stop 3 on the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 255, Green: 162, Blue: 96.Also in the Format Text Effects dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click Offset Bottom (first row, second option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 70%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 6.3 pt.In the Angle box, enter 84°.In the Distance box, enter 3.2 pt.Also in the Format Text Effects dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, and then do the following in the 3-D Format pane:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Circle (first row, first option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 2 pt, and in the Height box, enter 2 pt.Under Contour, click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 215, Green: 130, Blue: 60. In the Size box, enter 1 pt. Under Surface, in the Material list, under Standard,select WarmMatte (second option from the left). In the Lighting list, under Special, select Glow (third option from the left). In the Angle box, enter 90°.On the slide, drag the text box just above the bottom edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the line on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, horizontal line.Select the line. Under Drawing Tools , on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 10”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane. In the Line Color pane, select Solid line, click the button next to Color, and then select More Colors. In the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter Red: 255, Green: 232, Blue: 63.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane. In the Line Style pane, in the Width box, enter 4.5 pt.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, do the following:Click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Circle (first row, first option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 3 pt. Next to Top, in the Height box, enter 6 pt.On the slide, drag the line until the top edge touches the bottom edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the text box. On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the More arrow on the Animation Effects gallery, then under Exit, click Disappear.In the Timing group, in theStart list, selectAfter Previous.In the Advanced Animations group, click Animation Pane.Select the second animation effect (grow/shrink effect for the text box). Click the arrow to the right of the effect, and then click Effect Options. In the Grow/Shrink dialog box, do the following:On the Effect tab, in the Size list, in the Custom box, enter 400%, and then press ENTER. Also in the Size list, click Vertical. On the Timing tab, do the following:In theStart list, selectAfter Previous. In the Speed box, enter 0.01 seconds.On the slide, select the text box. In the Advanced Animation group, click Add Animation, and under Entrance, click Appear.In the Timing group, in theStart list, selectAfter Previous.On the slide, select the text box. In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, and under Emphasis, click Grow/Shrink.In the Animation Pane, select the fourth animation effect (grow/shrink effect for the text box). Click the arrow to the right of the effect, and then click Effect Options. In the Grow/Shrink dialog box, do the following:On the Effect tab, in the Size list, select Tiny (25%). Also in the Size list, click Vertical. On the Timing tab, do the following:In theStart list, selectWith Previous. In the Speed list, select 1 seconds (Fast).On the slide, select the text box. In the Advanced Animation group, click AddAnimation, then click More Entrance Effects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Emphasis, click Rise Up.In the Timing group, in the Start list, selectWith Previous. In the Speed list, select01.00.On the slide, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the line. In the Advanced Animation group, click AddEffect, and then click More Effects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Float Down.Press and hold CTRL, and then select the sixth and seventh animation effects (descend effects for the rectangle and the line). In the Timing group, in theStart list, selectWith Previous. In the Speed list, select01.00.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Up (second row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider, then customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 on the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 15% (fifth row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 on the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, second option from the left).
  • product analysis & development- sourcing

    1. 1. PRODUCT ANALYSIS & DEVELOPMENTFACULTY INCHARGE PRESENTED BY:Mr. C A RAYAN MUKESH KUMAR (14) RAJEEV SHARAN (23) DFT (AP-07) NIFT BANGALORE
    2. 2. OVERVIEW
    3. 3. INTRODUCTION PRODUCT OVERVIEW GARMENT TYPE: MEN’S FORMAL SHIRT BRAND: AUBURN HILL MANUFACTURER: Arvind Mills Pvt. Ltd. SIZE: 44
    4. 4. INTRODUCTION FABRIC OVERVIEW FABRIC: WOVEN •CONSTRUCTION: Plain Weave (Fill-o- fill) •FIBRE CONTENT: 60-40 Cotton-poly •EPI-PPI: 150-80
    5. 5. INTRODUCTION GARMENT COMPONENTS COLLAR (01) COLLAR STAND (01) YOKE (01) BACK (01) FRONT (02) SLEEVE (02) CUFF (02) FRONT PLACKET (01) SLEEVE PLACKET (02) POCKET (01) BUTTON HOLE (13)
    6. 6. INTRODUCTION GARMENT TRIMS LABELS: •Size Label (01) •Brand Label (01) •Wash Care Label (01) •Fabric Type Label (01) •Tracking Label (01) 2 PLY POLYESTER THREAD • 2610 cm – Chain Stitch • 3504 cm – Lock Stitch • 750 cm – Button Hole • 420 cm- Button Attachment
    7. 7. INTRODUCTION GARMENT TRIMS BUTTONS: •11 + 1 (Dia- 8mm) •2 + 1 (Dia- 6mm) COLLAR INLAY BONE – 4.5 cm* 1.3 cm (02) MICRO-DOT FUSING: •COLLAR – 46.5 cm * 7.6 cm •FRONT PLACKET - 68 cm * 3.5 cm
    8. 8. INTRODUCTION PACKAGING TRIMS PLASTIC COLLAR BUTTERFLY (01) PLASTIC COLLAR BONE (01) CARDBOARD COLLAR-STAND BONE (01) METAL (STAINLESS STEEL) CLIP (03) BRASS PINS (04) BACK SUPPORTING CARDBOARD SHEET (01) SHIRT PACKING PAPER (01) TAG LOOP PIN (01) PRICE & RFID TAG CARD (01) LOOP STRING - 30 cm (01) HANGING BRAND CARD (01) HANGING SIZE CARD (01) POLY BAG (01)
    9. 9. SOURCING
    10. 10. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    11. 11. SUPPLIERS PLAIN WEAVE (FILL-O-FILL) HINDUSTAN MONOFILAMENTMOQ: 100 meters No 23/2, 2nd floor, Maharajasa building, Shanthappa Lane, S P RoadLead Time: 25 days Cross, Bangalore- 560 002 Telephone: 080-22241587 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: N/A Email: N/A RATE: Rs 85 per meter (60 inches- width)
    12. 12. SUPPLIERS PLAIN WEAVE (FILL-O-FILL) ARVIND MILLS Shirtings DivisionMOQ: 500 meters The Arvind Mills Limited, Santej Road, Near Khatrej, Taluka- Kalol, Dist- Gandhinagar – 38272,Lead Time: 25 days Gujarat , India CONTACT PERSON: Mr. Pranav Dave Telephone: +91-2764-281100/22 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: +91-2764-281027 Email: N/A RATE: Rs 80 per meter (60 inches- width)
    13. 13. SUPPLIERS PLAIN WEAVE (FILL-O-FILL) SKNL B2, 5th Floor,MOQ: 500 meters Marathon NextGen, Off. G.K. Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai - 400 013.Lead Time: 25 days Telephone: + 91-22-24824500 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: + 91-22-24931685. Email: contact@sknl.co.in RATE: Rs 80 per meter (60 inches- width)
    14. 14. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    15. 15. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC COLLAR INLAY BONE SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 500 bags No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa School,(10 pieces/ bag) Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    16. 16. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC COLLAR INLAY BONE ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 1000 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(10 pieces/ bag) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    17. 17. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC BUTTONS SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 300 bags No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa(100 pieces/ bag) School, Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    18. 18. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC BUTTONS SEAFULL PACIFIC LIMITEDMOQ: 200 bags No. 671, 1st Floor, 29th Main, 2Nd Stage, B. T. M.(100 pieces/ bag) Layout, Bengaluru, Karnataka - 560 076, IndiaLead Time: 10 days Contact Person: Mr. Mohan Singh Chauhan Telephone: +(91)-(80)-26680756 / 26786511 / 41300449 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9845038975 Fax No: N/A
    19. 19. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC BUTTONS MAHAVEER BUTTON INDUSTRIESMOQ: 200 bags 301/2, Rudra Market, 1st Floor, O.k. Road,(150 pieces/ bag) Kumbarpet,, Bangalore, 560002Lead Time: 10 days Contact Person: Mr. K.c. Jain Telephone: 91-80-22270061/ 23332998 Fax No: N/A
    20. 20. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC BUTTONS ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 300 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(150 pieces/ bag) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    21. 21. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    22. 22. SUPPLIERS 2 PLY POLYESTER THREADS MADURA COATS PVT LTD INDIAMOQ: 5 boxes (1 7th floor, Jupiter block, Prestige tech park, Ringbox- 10 cubes; 1 road, Bangalorecube-500 mt) Telephone: N/ALead Time: 5 days Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: N/A Email: N/A RATE: Rs 80-90 per box
    23. 23. SUPPLIERS 2 PLY POLYESTER THREADS VARDHMAN THREADSMOQ: 3 boxes 101 & 102, J B Kaval, K.H.D. colony, Nandini Layout post, Yeshwantpur, BangaloreLead Time: 5 Days Telephone: +(91)-(080)-41248892 Fax No: N/A RATE: Rs 80 per box
    24. 24. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    25. 25. SUPPLIERS MICRODOT FUSING Dyna Sales - India 61, Ground Floor, 7thMOQ: 2 Roll Cross, Malleswaram,, Bangalore, Karnataka India(1 Roll - 100 meterlength, 6 cm width) Telephone: N/A Mobile / Cell Phone: N/ALead Time: 15 days Fax No: N/A Email: N/A
    26. 26. SUPPLIERS 2 PLY POLYESTER THREADS SHRI BALAJI GARMENT ACCESSORIES 260, 2ND FLOOR, 10TH CROSS, TELECOMMOQ: 5 Rolls LAYOUT, VIJAYNAGAR, BANGLORE, Karnataka( 1 roll – 100 meter Indialength, 75 cm Telephone: +(91)-(080)-41248892width) Fax No: N/ALead Time: 15 Days
    27. 27. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    28. 28. SUPPLIERS BRAND & SIZE LABELS (WOVEN) EMJAY NARROW WOVEN FABRICS No. 11/1, 4th Main, West of Chord Road, RajajinagarMOQ: 1000 pcs Industrial Town, Bengaluru, Karnataka - 560 001, IndiaLead Time: 10 Days Contact Person: Mr. M. P. Vinayaka ( Manager ) Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23110419 / 23101501 / 41253990 Mobile: +(91)-9448288613 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23110420 EMAIL: emjaylabels@yahoo.co.in , emjaylabels@gmail.com RATE Main label: Rs. 0.45-0.50 / label Size label: Rs 0.25 / label
    29. 29. SUPPLIERS BRAND & SIZE LABELS (WOVEN) INFOMAX LABELS SOLUTIONS C Babureddy Industrial Compound, Opposite BhavaniMOQ: 1000 pcs Jewellers, Begur Road, Hongasandra, Bommanahalli, BangaloreLead Time: 10Days Telephone: 080-66498743 Mobile: N/A RATE Main label: Rs. 0.50 / label Size label: Rs 0.25 / label
    30. 30. SUPPLIERS BRAND & SIZE LABELS (WOVEN) CLOTH STICKS (DIVISION OF KAGHAZ SUBH VANEJY)MOQ: 1500 pcs New No. 24/Old No 51, Ist Floor, Anderson Street, Parrys Chennai, Tamil Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 Days Contact Person: Mr. Sanjay Jindal ( Proprietor ) Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25382940 Mobile: +(91)-9445244520 Fax No: N/A EMAIL: sjindal29@yahoo.com RATE Main label: Rs. 0.40 / label Size label: Rs 0.20/ label
    31. 31. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    32. 32. SUPPLIERS WASHCARE LABELS (PRINTED) EMJAY NARROW WOVEN FABRICS No. 11/1, 4th Main, West of Chord Road, RajajinagarMOQ: 1000 pcs Industrial Town, Bengaluru, Karnataka - 560 001, IndiaLead Time: 10Days Contact Person: Mr. M. P. Vinayaka ( Manager ) Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23110419 / 23101501 / 41253990 Mobile: +(91)-9448288613 Fax No: 91)-(80)-23110420 EMAIL: emjaylabels@yahoo.co.in , emjaylabels@gmail.com RATE Care label- Rs 0.50/ label
    33. 33. SUPPLIERS WASHCARE LABELS (PRINTED) INFOMAX LABELS SOLUTIONS C Babureddy Industrial Compound, Opposite BhavaniMOQ: 1000 pcs Jewellers, Begur Road, Hongasandra, Bommanahalli, BangaloreLead Time: 10Days Telephone: 080-66498743 Mobile: N/A RATE Care label- Rs 0.50/ label
    34. 34. SUPPLIERS WASHCARE LABELS (PRINTED) CLOTH STICKS (DIVISION OF KAGHAZ SUBH VANEJY)MOQ: 1500 pieces New No. 24/Old No 51, Ist Floor, Anderson Street, Parrys Chennai, Tamil Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 Days Contact Person: Mr. Sanjay Jindal ( Proprietor ) Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25382940 Mobile: +(91)-9445244520 Fax No: N/A EMAIL: sjindal29@yahoo.com RATE Care label- Rs 0.45/ label
    35. 35. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    36. 36. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC COLLAR BAND SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 500 bags No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa(10 pieces/ bag) School, Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    37. 37. SUPPLIERS PLASTIC COLLAR BAND ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 1000 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(10 pieces/ bag) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    38. 38. ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAINo. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil Nadu- 600 001, IndiaContact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir ThahirTelephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in MOQ: 1000 bags (10 pieces/ bag) Lead Time: 15 days
    39. 39. SHREYA GRAPHICSNo. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa School,Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Contact Person: Mr. VishwanathTelephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733 MOQ: 500 bags (10 pieces/ bag) Lead Time: 2 Weeks
    40. 40. SUPPLIERS METAL (STAINLESS STEEL) CLIP SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 500 bags No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa(50 pieces/ bag) School, Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    41. 41. SUPPLIERS METAL (STAINLESS STEEL) CLIP ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 500 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(50 pieces/ bag) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    42. 42. SUPPLIERS BRASS PINS SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 200 bags No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa(100 pieces/ bag) School, Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    43. 43. SUPPLIERS BRASS PINS ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 300 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(100 pieces/ bag) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    44. 44. BACK SUPPORTING CARDBOARD SUPPLIERS PACKING SHEET & PAPER SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 1000pcs No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa School, Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 10 days Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    45. 45. BACK SUPPORTING CARDBOARD SUPPLIERS PACKING SHEET & PAPER ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 1500 pcs No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    46. 46. SUPPLIERS LOOP PINS FASHION PACKSMOQ: 300 bags No.5/24,T.P.A Colony,N.R.K.puram Road,TIRUPPUR(100 pieces/ bag) Tiruppur, Tamil Nadu - 641 607, IndiaLead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. R. Neethirajan Telephone: +(91)-(421)-2228464/ 4329708 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: N/A
    47. 47. SUPPLIERS LOOP PINS ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 300 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(150 pieces/ bag) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    48. 48. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    49. 49. SUPPLIERS RFID & PRICE TAGS SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 1000pcs No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa School, Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 10 days Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    50. 50. SUPPLIERS RFID & PRICE TAGS ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 1500 pcs No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    51. 51. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    52. 52. SUPPLIERS HANG TAGS- BRAND & SIZE FASHION PACKSMOQ: 1000 pcs No.5/24,T.P.A Colony,N.R.K.puram Road,TIRUPPUR Tiruppur, Tamil Nadu - 641 607, IndiaLead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. R. Neethirajan Telephone: +(91)-(421)-2228464/ 4329708 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: N/A
    53. 53. SUPPLIERS HANG TAGS- BRAND & SIZE ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 1500 pcs No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    54. 54. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    55. 55. SUPPLIERS HANG STRING FASHION PACKSMOQ: 1000 mtr No.5/24,T.P.A Colony,N.R.K.puram Road,TIRUPPUR Tiruppur, Tamil Nadu - 641 607, IndiaLead Time: 2 Weeks Contact Person: Mr. R. Neethirajan Telephone: +(91)-(421)-2228464/ 4329708 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: N/A
    56. 56. SUPPLIERS HANG STRING ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 1500 mtr No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in
    57. 57. ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
    58. 58. SUPPLIERS POLY BAG SHREYA GRAPHICSMOQ: 20 bags No. 409/1, MES Ring Road, Near Mother Teresa School,(100 pieces/ bag) Jalahalli, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 013 (India)Lead Time: 10 days Contact Person: Mr. Vishwanath Telephone: +(91)-(80)-23453733 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)-9886894596 Fax No: +(91)-(80)-23453733
    59. 59. SUPPLIERS POLY BAG FASHION PACKSMOQ: 25 bags No.5/24,T.P.A Colony,N.R.K.puram Road,TIRUPPUR(100 pieces/ bag) Tiruppur, Tamil Nadu - 641 607, IndiaLead Time: 10 days Contact Person: Mr. R. Neethirajan Telephone: +(91)-(421)-2228464/ 4329708 Mobile / Cell Phone: N/A Fax No: N/A
    60. 60. SUPPLIERS POLY BAG ABU INTERNATIONAL, CHENNAIMOQ: 30 bags No. 14, Appu Maistry Street, Broadway CH, Chennai, Tamil(100 pieces/ bags) Nadu - 600 001, IndiaLead Time: 15 days Contact Person: Mr. V. M. Abuthahir Thahir Telephone: +(91)-(44)-25270701/ 25224410 Mobile / Cell Phone: +(91)9884051797/9884051798 Fax No: +(91)-(44)-42623797 Email: abuinter_national@yahoo.co.in

    ×